2019-05-27 14:55:01 +08:00
|
|
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
/* dir.c: AFS filesystem directory handling
|
|
|
|
*
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
* Copyright (C) 2002, 2018 Red Hat, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
* Written by David Howells (dhowells@redhat.com)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/kernel.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/fs.h>
|
2011-01-07 14:49:57 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/namei.h>
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/pagemap.h>
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/swap.h>
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/ctype.h>
|
Detach sched.h from mm.h
First thing mm.h does is including sched.h solely for can_do_mlock() inline
function which has "current" dereference inside. By dealing with can_do_mlock()
mm.h can be detached from sched.h which is good. See below, why.
This patch
a) removes unconditional inclusion of sched.h from mm.h
b) makes can_do_mlock() normal function in mm/mlock.c
c) exports can_do_mlock() to not break compilation
d) adds sched.h inclusions back to files that were getting it indirectly.
e) adds less bloated headers to some files (asm/signal.h, jiffies.h) that were
getting them indirectly
Net result is:
a) mm.h users would get less code to open, read, preprocess, parse, ... if
they don't need sched.h
b) sched.h stops being dependency for significant number of files:
on x86_64 allmodconfig touching sched.h results in recompile of 4083 files,
after patch it's only 3744 (-8.3%).
Cross-compile tested on
all arm defconfigs, all mips defconfigs, all powerpc defconfigs,
alpha alpha-up
arm
i386 i386-up i386-defconfig i386-allnoconfig
ia64 ia64-up
m68k
mips
parisc parisc-up
powerpc powerpc-up
s390 s390-up
sparc sparc-up
sparc64 sparc64-up
um-x86_64
x86_64 x86_64-up x86_64-defconfig x86_64-allnoconfig
as well as my two usual configs.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-05-21 05:22:52 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/sched.h>
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/task_io_accounting_ops.h>
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "internal.h"
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "afs_fs.h"
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "xdr_fs.h"
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
static struct dentry *afs_lookup(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry,
|
2012-06-11 05:13:09 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned int flags);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_dir_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_readdir(struct file *file, struct dir_context *ctx);
|
2012-06-11 04:03:43 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_d_revalidate(struct dentry *dentry, unsigned int flags);
|
2011-01-07 14:49:23 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_d_delete(const struct dentry *dentry);
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
static void afs_d_iput(struct dentry *dentry, struct inode *inode);
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_lookup_one_filldir(struct dir_context *ctx, const char *name, int nlen,
|
2006-10-03 16:13:46 +08:00
|
|
|
loff_t fpos, u64 ino, unsigned dtype);
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_lookup_filldir(struct dir_context *ctx, const char *name, int nlen,
|
|
|
|
loff_t fpos, u64 ino, unsigned dtype);
|
2011-07-26 13:42:34 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_create(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode,
|
2012-06-11 06:05:36 +08:00
|
|
|
bool excl);
|
2011-07-26 13:41:39 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_mkdir(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_rmdir(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry);
|
|
|
|
static int afs_unlink(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry);
|
|
|
|
static int afs_link(struct dentry *from, struct inode *dir,
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *dentry);
|
|
|
|
static int afs_symlink(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry,
|
|
|
|
const char *content);
|
|
|
|
static int afs_rename(struct inode *old_dir, struct dentry *old_dentry,
|
fs: make remaining filesystems use .rename2
This is trivial to do:
- add flags argument to foo_rename()
- check if flags is zero
- assign foo_rename() to .rename2 instead of .rename
This doesn't mean it's impossible to support RENAME_NOREPLACE for these
filesystems, but it is not trivial, like for local filesystems.
RENAME_NOREPLACE must guarantee atomicity (i.e. it shouldn't be possible
for a file to be created on one host while it is overwritten by rename on
another host).
Filesystems converted:
9p, afs, ceph, coda, ecryptfs, kernfs, lustre, ncpfs, nfs, ocfs2, orangefs.
After this, we can get rid of the duplicate interfaces for rename.
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> [AFS]
Acked-by: Mike Marshall <hubcap@omnibond.com>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Cc: Jan Harkes <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu>
Cc: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Cc: Oleg Drokin <oleg.drokin@intel.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.com>
2016-09-27 17:03:58 +08:00
|
|
|
struct inode *new_dir, struct dentry *new_dentry,
|
|
|
|
unsigned int flags);
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_dir_releasepage(struct page *page, gfp_t gfp_flags);
|
|
|
|
static void afs_dir_invalidatepage(struct page *page, unsigned int offset,
|
|
|
|
unsigned int length);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int afs_dir_set_page_dirty(struct page *page)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
BUG(); /* This should never happen. */
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 17:56:42 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct file_operations afs_dir_file_operations = {
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
.open = afs_dir_open,
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
.release = afs_release,
|
2016-05-11 02:27:44 +08:00
|
|
|
.iterate_shared = afs_readdir,
|
2007-07-16 14:40:12 +08:00
|
|
|
.lock = afs_lock,
|
2008-09-04 03:53:01 +08:00
|
|
|
.llseek = generic_file_llseek,
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-12 16:55:38 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct inode_operations afs_dir_inode_operations = {
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
.create = afs_create,
|
|
|
|
.lookup = afs_lookup,
|
|
|
|
.link = afs_link,
|
|
|
|
.unlink = afs_unlink,
|
|
|
|
.symlink = afs_symlink,
|
|
|
|
.mkdir = afs_mkdir,
|
|
|
|
.rmdir = afs_rmdir,
|
2016-09-27 17:03:58 +08:00
|
|
|
.rename = afs_rename,
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
.permission = afs_permission,
|
2007-05-09 17:33:45 +08:00
|
|
|
.getattr = afs_getattr,
|
AFS: implement basic file write support
Implement support for writing to regular AFS files, including:
(1) write
(2) truncate
(3) fsync, fdatasync
(4) chmod, chown, chgrp, utime.
AFS writeback attempts to batch writes into as chunks as large as it can manage
up to the point that it writes back 65535 pages in one chunk or it meets a
locked page.
Furthermore, if a page has been written to using a particular key, then should
another write to that page use some other key, the first write will be flushed
before the second is allowed to take place. If the first write fails due to a
security error, then the page will be scrapped and reread before the second
write takes place.
If a page is dirty and the callback on it is broken by the server, then the
dirty data is not discarded (same behaviour as NFS).
Shared-writable mappings are not supported by this patch.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix a bunch of warnings]
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-05-09 17:33:46 +08:00
|
|
|
.setattr = afs_setattr,
|
2017-07-06 22:50:27 +08:00
|
|
|
.listxattr = afs_listxattr,
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct address_space_operations afs_dir_aops = {
|
|
|
|
.set_page_dirty = afs_dir_set_page_dirty,
|
|
|
|
.releasepage = afs_dir_releasepage,
|
|
|
|
.invalidatepage = afs_dir_invalidatepage,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-13 09:04:20 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct dentry_operations afs_fs_dentry_operations = {
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
.d_revalidate = afs_d_revalidate,
|
|
|
|
.d_delete = afs_d_delete,
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
.d_release = afs_d_release,
|
2011-01-15 03:04:05 +08:00
|
|
|
.d_automount = afs_d_automount,
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
.d_iput = afs_d_iput,
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_lookup_one_cookie {
|
|
|
|
struct dir_context ctx;
|
|
|
|
struct qstr name;
|
|
|
|
bool found;
|
|
|
|
struct afs_fid fid;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_lookup_cookie {
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dir_context ctx;
|
|
|
|
struct qstr name;
|
|
|
|
bool found;
|
|
|
|
bool one_only;
|
|
|
|
unsigned short nr_fids;
|
2019-05-14 19:33:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct inode **inodes;
|
2019-05-09 23:17:05 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *statuses;
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fid fids[50];
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* check that a directory page is valid
|
|
|
|
*/
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
static bool afs_dir_check_page(struct afs_vnode *dvnode, struct page *page,
|
|
|
|
loff_t i_size)
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_xdr_dir_page *dbuf;
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
loff_t latter, off;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
int tmp, qty;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-02 23:27:52 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Determine how many magic numbers there should be in this page, but
|
|
|
|
* we must take care because the directory may change size under us.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
off = page_offset(page);
|
|
|
|
if (i_size <= off)
|
|
|
|
goto checked;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
latter = i_size - off;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (latter >= PAGE_SIZE)
|
|
|
|
qty = PAGE_SIZE;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
qty = latter;
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
qty /= sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* check them */
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
dbuf = kmap(page);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
for (tmp = 0; tmp < qty; tmp++) {
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dbuf->blocks[tmp].hdr.magic != AFS_DIR_MAGIC) {
|
2017-11-02 23:27:52 +08:00
|
|
|
printk("kAFS: %s(%lx): bad magic %d/%d is %04hx\n",
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
__func__, dvnode->vfs_inode.i_ino, tmp, qty,
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
ntohs(dbuf->blocks[tmp].hdr.magic));
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
trace_afs_dir_check_failed(dvnode, off, i_size);
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
kunmap(page);
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
trace_afs_file_error(dvnode, -EIO, afs_file_error_dir_bad_magic);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure each block is NUL terminated so we can reasonably
|
|
|
|
* use string functions on it. The filenames in the page
|
|
|
|
* *should* be NUL-terminated anyway.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
((u8 *)&dbuf->blocks[tmp])[AFS_DIR_BLOCK_SIZE - 1] = 0;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
kunmap(page);
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-02 23:27:52 +08:00
|
|
|
checked:
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_stat_v(dvnode, n_read_dir);
|
2016-04-23 03:06:44 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
error:
|
2016-04-23 03:06:44 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Check the contents of a directory that we've just read.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool afs_dir_check_pages(struct afs_vnode *dvnode, struct afs_read *req)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct afs_xdr_dir_page *dbuf;
|
|
|
|
unsigned int i, j, qty = PAGE_SIZE / sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < req->nr_pages; i++)
|
|
|
|
if (!afs_dir_check_page(dvnode, req->pages[i], req->actual_len))
|
|
|
|
goto bad;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bad:
|
|
|
|
pr_warn("DIR %llx:%llx f=%llx l=%llx al=%llx r=%llx\n",
|
|
|
|
dvnode->fid.vid, dvnode->fid.vnode,
|
|
|
|
req->file_size, req->len, req->actual_len, req->remain);
|
|
|
|
pr_warn("DIR %llx %x %x %x\n",
|
|
|
|
req->pos, req->index, req->nr_pages, req->offset);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < req->nr_pages; i++) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf = kmap(req->pages[i]);
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < qty; j++) {
|
|
|
|
union afs_xdr_dir_block *block = &dbuf->blocks[j];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pr_warn("[%02x] %32phN\n", i * qty + j, block);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
kunmap(req->pages[i]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* open an AFS directory file
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int afs_dir_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
_enter("{%lu}", inode->i_ino);
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block) != 2048);
|
|
|
|
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(union afs_xdr_dirent) != 32);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &AFS_FS_I(inode)->flags))
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
return -ENOENT;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
return afs_open(inode, file);
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Read the directory into the pagecache in one go, scrubbing the previous
|
|
|
|
* contents. The list of pages is returned, pinning them so that they don't
|
|
|
|
* get reclaimed during the iteration.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static struct afs_read *afs_read_dir(struct afs_vnode *dvnode, struct key *key)
|
2018-04-28 03:46:22 +08:00
|
|
|
__acquires(&dvnode->validate_lock)
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct afs_read *req;
|
|
|
|
loff_t i_size;
|
|
|
|
int nr_pages, nr_inline, i, n;
|
|
|
|
int ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
retry:
|
|
|
|
i_size = i_size_read(&dvnode->vfs_inode);
|
|
|
|
if (i_size < 2048)
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(afs_bad(dvnode, afs_file_error_dir_small));
|
|
|
|
if (i_size > 2048 * 1024) {
|
|
|
|
trace_afs_file_error(dvnode, -EFBIG, afs_file_error_dir_big);
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-EFBIG);
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_enter("%llu", i_size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get a request record to hold the page list. We want to hold it
|
|
|
|
* inline if we can, but we don't want to make an order 1 allocation.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
nr_pages = (i_size + PAGE_SIZE - 1) / PAGE_SIZE;
|
|
|
|
nr_inline = nr_pages;
|
|
|
|
if (nr_inline > (PAGE_SIZE - sizeof(*req)) / sizeof(struct page *))
|
|
|
|
nr_inline = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-21 01:12:17 +08:00
|
|
|
req = kzalloc(struct_size(req, array, nr_inline), GFP_KERNEL);
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!req)
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
refcount_set(&req->usage, 1);
|
|
|
|
req->nr_pages = nr_pages;
|
|
|
|
req->actual_len = i_size; /* May change */
|
|
|
|
req->len = nr_pages * PAGE_SIZE; /* We can ask for more than there is */
|
|
|
|
req->data_version = dvnode->status.data_version; /* May change */
|
|
|
|
if (nr_inline > 0) {
|
|
|
|
req->pages = req->array;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
req->pages = kcalloc(nr_pages, sizeof(struct page *),
|
|
|
|
GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!req->pages)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get a list of all the pages that hold or will hold the directory
|
|
|
|
* content. We need to fill in any gaps that we might find where the
|
|
|
|
* memory reclaimer has been at work. If there are any gaps, we will
|
|
|
|
* need to reread the entire directory contents.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
|
|
n = find_get_pages_contig(dvnode->vfs_inode.i_mapping, i,
|
|
|
|
req->nr_pages - i,
|
|
|
|
req->pages + i);
|
|
|
|
_debug("find %u at %u/%u", n, i, req->nr_pages);
|
|
|
|
if (n == 0) {
|
|
|
|
gfp_t gfp = dvnode->vfs_inode.i_mapping->gfp_mask;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (test_and_clear_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
afs_stat_v(dvnode, n_inval);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
req->pages[i] = __page_cache_alloc(gfp);
|
|
|
|
if (!req->pages[i])
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
ret = add_to_page_cache_lru(req->pages[i],
|
|
|
|
dvnode->vfs_inode.i_mapping,
|
|
|
|
i, gfp);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set_page_private(req->pages[i], 1);
|
|
|
|
SetPagePrivate(req->pages[i]);
|
|
|
|
unlock_page(req->pages[i]);
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
i += n;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} while (i < req->nr_pages);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we're going to reload, we need to lock all the pages to prevent
|
|
|
|
* races.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-04-28 03:46:22 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ERESTARTSYS;
|
|
|
|
if (down_read_killable(&dvnode->validate_lock) < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2018-04-28 03:46:22 +08:00
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
goto success;
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2018-04-28 03:46:22 +08:00
|
|
|
up_read(&dvnode->validate_lock);
|
|
|
|
if (down_write_killable(&dvnode->validate_lock) < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags)) {
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
trace_afs_reload_dir(dvnode);
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_fetch_data(dvnode, key, req);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
2018-04-28 03:46:22 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error_unlock;
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
task_io_account_read(PAGE_SIZE * req->nr_pages);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (req->len < req->file_size)
|
|
|
|
goto content_has_grown;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Validate the data we just read. */
|
|
|
|
ret = -EIO;
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!afs_dir_check_pages(dvnode, req))
|
|
|
|
goto error_unlock;
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TODO: Trim excess pages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-28 03:46:22 +08:00
|
|
|
downgrade_write(&dvnode->validate_lock);
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
success:
|
|
|
|
return req;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error_unlock:
|
2018-04-28 03:46:22 +08:00
|
|
|
up_write(&dvnode->validate_lock);
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
afs_put_read(req);
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(ret);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
content_has_grown:
|
2018-04-28 03:46:22 +08:00
|
|
|
up_write(&dvnode->validate_lock);
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_put_read(req);
|
|
|
|
goto retry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* deal with one block in an AFS directory
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_dir_iterate_block(struct afs_vnode *dvnode,
|
|
|
|
struct dir_context *ctx,
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
union afs_xdr_dir_block *block,
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned blkoff)
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
union afs_xdr_dirent *dire;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned offset, next, curr;
|
|
|
|
size_t nlen;
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
int tmp;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("%u,%x,%p,,",(unsigned)ctx->pos,blkoff,block);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
curr = (ctx->pos - blkoff) / sizeof(union afs_xdr_dirent);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* walk through the block, an entry at a time */
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
for (offset = (blkoff == 0 ? AFS_DIR_RESV_BLOCKS0 : AFS_DIR_RESV_BLOCKS);
|
|
|
|
offset < AFS_DIR_SLOTS_PER_BLOCK;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
offset = next
|
|
|
|
) {
|
|
|
|
next = offset + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* skip entries marked unused in the bitmap */
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!(block->hdr.bitmap[offset / 8] &
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
(1 << (offset % 8)))) {
|
2017-02-28 06:30:02 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("ENT[%zu.%u]: unused",
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
blkoff / sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block), offset);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (offset >= curr)
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
ctx->pos = blkoff +
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
next * sizeof(union afs_xdr_dirent);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* got a valid entry */
|
|
|
|
dire = &block->dirents[offset];
|
|
|
|
nlen = strnlen(dire->u.name,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(*block) -
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
offset * sizeof(union afs_xdr_dirent));
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-02-28 06:30:02 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("ENT[%zu.%u]: %s %zu \"%s\"",
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
blkoff / sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block), offset,
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
(offset < curr ? "skip" : "fill"),
|
|
|
|
nlen, dire->u.name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* work out where the next possible entry is */
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
for (tmp = nlen; tmp > 15; tmp -= sizeof(union afs_xdr_dirent)) {
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (next >= AFS_DIR_SLOTS_PER_BLOCK) {
|
2017-02-28 06:30:02 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("ENT[%zu.%u]:"
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
" %u travelled beyond end dir block"
|
2017-02-28 06:30:02 +08:00
|
|
|
" (len %u/%zu)",
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
blkoff / sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block),
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
offset, next, tmp, nlen);
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
return afs_bad(dvnode, afs_file_error_dir_over_end);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!(block->hdr.bitmap[next / 8] &
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
(1 << (next % 8)))) {
|
2017-02-28 06:30:02 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("ENT[%zu.%u]:"
|
|
|
|
" %u unmarked extension (len %u/%zu)",
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
blkoff / sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block),
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
offset, next, tmp, nlen);
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
return afs_bad(dvnode, afs_file_error_dir_unmarked_ext);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-28 06:30:02 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("ENT[%zu.%u]: ext %u/%zu",
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
blkoff / sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block),
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
next, tmp, nlen);
|
|
|
|
next++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* skip if starts before the current position */
|
|
|
|
if (offset < curr)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* found the next entry */
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dir_emit(ctx, dire->u.name, nlen,
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
ntohl(dire->u.vnode),
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
(ctx->actor == afs_lookup_filldir ||
|
|
|
|
ctx->actor == afs_lookup_one_filldir)?
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
ntohl(dire->u.unique) : DT_UNKNOWN)) {
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = 0 [full]");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
ctx->pos = blkoff + next * sizeof(union afs_xdr_dirent);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = 1 [more]");
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
* iterate through the data blob that lists the contents of an AFS directory
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_dir_iterate(struct inode *dir, struct dir_context *ctx,
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
struct key *key, afs_dataversion_t *_dir_version)
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(dir);
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_xdr_dir_page *dbuf;
|
|
|
|
union afs_xdr_dir_block *dblock;
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_read *req;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
struct page *page;
|
|
|
|
unsigned blkoff, limit;
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%lu},%u,,", dir->i_ino, (unsigned)ctx->pos);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &AFS_FS_I(dir)->flags)) {
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = -ESTALE");
|
|
|
|
return -ESTALE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
req = afs_read_dir(dvnode, key);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(req))
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(req);
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
*_dir_version = req->data_version;
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
/* round the file position up to the next entry boundary */
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
ctx->pos += sizeof(union afs_xdr_dirent) - 1;
|
|
|
|
ctx->pos &= ~(sizeof(union afs_xdr_dirent) - 1);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* walk through the blocks in sequence */
|
|
|
|
ret = 0;
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
while (ctx->pos < req->actual_len) {
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
blkoff = ctx->pos & ~(sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block) - 1);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Fetch the appropriate page from the directory and re-add it
|
|
|
|
* to the LRU.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
page = req->pages[blkoff / PAGE_SIZE];
|
|
|
|
if (!page) {
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_bad(dvnode, afs_file_error_dir_missing_page);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
mark_page_accessed(page);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
limit = blkoff & ~(PAGE_SIZE - 1);
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
dbuf = kmap(page);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* deal with the individual blocks stashed on this page */
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
|
|
dblock = &dbuf->blocks[(blkoff % PAGE_SIZE) /
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block)];
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_dir_iterate_block(dvnode, ctx, dblock, blkoff);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret != 1) {
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
kunmap(page);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
blkoff += sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
} while (ctx->pos < dir->i_size && blkoff < limit);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
kunmap(page);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
out:
|
2018-04-28 03:46:22 +08:00
|
|
|
up_read(&dvnode->validate_lock);
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_put_read(req);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* read an AFS directory
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_readdir(struct file *file, struct dir_context *ctx)
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t dir_version;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return afs_dir_iterate(file_inode(file), ctx, afs_file_key(file),
|
|
|
|
&dir_version);
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
* Search the directory for a single name
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
* - if afs_dir_iterate_block() spots this function, it'll pass the FID
|
|
|
|
* uniquifier through dtype
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_lookup_one_filldir(struct dir_context *ctx, const char *name,
|
|
|
|
int nlen, loff_t fpos, u64 ino, unsigned dtype)
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_lookup_one_cookie *cookie =
|
|
|
|
container_of(ctx, struct afs_lookup_one_cookie, ctx);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%s,%u},%s,%u,,%llu,%u",
|
|
|
|
cookie->name.name, cookie->name.len, name, nlen,
|
2007-04-27 07:06:22 +08:00
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) ino, dtype);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
/* insanity checks first */
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block) != 2048);
|
|
|
|
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(union afs_xdr_dirent) != 32);
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
if (cookie->name.len != nlen ||
|
|
|
|
memcmp(cookie->name.name, name, nlen) != 0) {
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = 0 [no]");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cookie->fid.vnode = ino;
|
|
|
|
cookie->fid.unique = dtype;
|
|
|
|
cookie->found = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = -1 [found]");
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
* Do a lookup of a single name in a directory
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
* - just returns the FID the dentry name maps to if found
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_do_lookup_one(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry,
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fid *fid, struct key *key,
|
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t *_dir_version)
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_super_info *as = dir->i_sb->s_fs_info;
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_lookup_one_cookie cookie = {
|
|
|
|
.ctx.actor = afs_lookup_one_filldir,
|
2013-05-23 04:31:14 +08:00
|
|
|
.name = dentry->d_name,
|
|
|
|
.fid.vid = as->volume->vid
|
|
|
|
};
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%lu},%p{%pd},", dir->i_ino, dentry, dentry);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* search the directory */
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_dir_iterate(dir, &cookie.ctx, key, _dir_version);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret < 0) {
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d [iter]", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = -ENOENT;
|
|
|
|
if (!cookie.found) {
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = -ENOENT [not found]");
|
|
|
|
return -ENOENT;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
*fid = cookie.fid;
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = 0 { vn=%llu u=%u }", fid->vnode, fid->unique);
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* search the directory for a name
|
|
|
|
* - if afs_dir_iterate_block() spots this function, it'll pass the FID
|
|
|
|
* uniquifier through dtype
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int afs_lookup_filldir(struct dir_context *ctx, const char *name,
|
|
|
|
int nlen, loff_t fpos, u64 ino, unsigned dtype)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct afs_lookup_cookie *cookie =
|
|
|
|
container_of(ctx, struct afs_lookup_cookie, ctx);
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_enter("{%s,%u},%s,%u,,%llu,%u",
|
|
|
|
cookie->name.name, cookie->name.len, name, nlen,
|
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) ino, dtype);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* insanity checks first */
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(union afs_xdr_dir_block) != 2048);
|
|
|
|
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(union afs_xdr_dirent) != 32);
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cookie->found) {
|
|
|
|
if (cookie->nr_fids < 50) {
|
|
|
|
cookie->fids[cookie->nr_fids].vnode = ino;
|
|
|
|
cookie->fids[cookie->nr_fids].unique = dtype;
|
|
|
|
cookie->nr_fids++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else if (cookie->name.len == nlen &&
|
|
|
|
memcmp(cookie->name.name, name, nlen) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
cookie->fids[0].vnode = ino;
|
|
|
|
cookie->fids[0].unique = dtype;
|
|
|
|
cookie->found = 1;
|
|
|
|
if (cookie->one_only)
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = cookie->nr_fids >= 50 ? -1 : 0;
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Do a lookup in a directory. We make use of bulk lookup to query a slew of
|
|
|
|
* files in one go and create inodes for them. The inode of the file we were
|
|
|
|
* asked for is returned.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static struct inode *afs_do_lookup(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry,
|
|
|
|
struct key *key)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct afs_lookup_cookie *cookie;
|
2019-05-13 23:14:32 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_cb_interest *dcbi, *cbi = NULL;
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_super_info *as = dir->i_sb->s_fs_info;
|
2019-05-09 23:17:05 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *scb;
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_iget_data iget_data;
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fs_cursor fc;
|
2019-05-13 23:14:32 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_server *server;
|
2019-05-14 19:33:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(dir), *vnode;
|
|
|
|
struct inode *inode = NULL, *ti;
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t data_version = READ_ONCE(dvnode->status.data_version);
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret, i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_enter("{%lu},%p{%pd},", dir->i_ino, dentry, dentry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cookie = kzalloc(sizeof(struct afs_lookup_cookie), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!cookie)
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cookie->ctx.actor = afs_lookup_filldir;
|
|
|
|
cookie->name = dentry->d_name;
|
|
|
|
cookie->nr_fids = 1; /* slot 0 is saved for the fid we actually want */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
read_seqlock_excl(&dvnode->cb_lock);
|
2019-05-13 23:14:32 +08:00
|
|
|
dcbi = rcu_dereference_protected(dvnode->cb_interest,
|
|
|
|
lockdep_is_held(&dvnode->cb_lock.lock));
|
|
|
|
if (dcbi) {
|
|
|
|
server = dcbi->server;
|
|
|
|
if (server &&
|
|
|
|
test_bit(AFS_SERVER_FL_NO_IBULK, &server->flags))
|
|
|
|
cookie->one_only = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
read_sequnlock_excl(&dvnode->cb_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 50; i++)
|
|
|
|
cookie->fids[i].vid = as->volume->vid;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* search the directory */
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_dir_iterate(dir, &cookie->ctx, key, &data_version);
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret < 0) {
|
|
|
|
inode = ERR_PTR(ret);
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
dentry->d_fsdata = (void *)(unsigned long)data_version;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
inode = ERR_PTR(-ENOENT);
|
|
|
|
if (!cookie->found)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see if we already have an inode for the primary fid. */
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
iget_data.fid = cookie->fids[0];
|
|
|
|
iget_data.volume = dvnode->volume;
|
|
|
|
iget_data.cb_v_break = dvnode->volume->cb_v_break;
|
|
|
|
iget_data.cb_s_break = 0;
|
|
|
|
inode = ilookup5(dir->i_sb, cookie->fids[0].vnode,
|
|
|
|
afs_iget5_test, &iget_data);
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (inode)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Need space for examining all the selected files */
|
|
|
|
inode = ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
|
2019-05-09 23:17:05 +08:00
|
|
|
cookie->statuses = kvcalloc(cookie->nr_fids, sizeof(struct afs_status_cb),
|
|
|
|
GFP_KERNEL);
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!cookie->statuses)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-14 19:33:10 +08:00
|
|
|
cookie->inodes = kcalloc(cookie->nr_fids, sizeof(struct inode *),
|
|
|
|
GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!cookie->inodes)
|
|
|
|
goto out_s;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i < cookie->nr_fids; i++) {
|
|
|
|
scb = &cookie->statuses[i];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find any inodes that already exist and get their
|
|
|
|
* callback counters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
iget_data.fid = cookie->fids[i];
|
|
|
|
ti = ilookup5_nowait(dir->i_sb, iget_data.fid.vnode,
|
|
|
|
afs_iget5_test, &iget_data);
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR_OR_NULL(ti)) {
|
|
|
|
vnode = AFS_FS_I(ti);
|
|
|
|
scb->cb_break = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(vnode);
|
|
|
|
cookie->inodes[i] = ti;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Try FS.InlineBulkStatus first. Abort codes for the individual
|
|
|
|
* lookups contained therein are stored in the reply without aborting
|
|
|
|
* the whole operation.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (cookie->one_only)
|
|
|
|
goto no_inline_bulk_status;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inode = ERR_PTR(-ERESTARTSYS);
|
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
Make certain RPC operations non-interruptible, including:
(*) Set attributes
(*) Store data
We don't want to get interrupted during a flush on close, flush on
unlock, writeback or an inode update, leaving us in a state where we
still need to do the writeback or update.
(*) Extend lock
(*) Release lock
We don't want to get lock extension interrupted as the file locks on
the server are time-limited. Interruption during lock release is less
of an issue since the lock is time-limited, but it's better to
complete the release to avoid a several-minute wait to recover it.
*Setting* the lock isn't a problem if it's interrupted since we can
just return to the user and tell them they were interrupted - at
which point they can elect to retry.
(*) Silly unlink
We want to remove silly unlink files if we can, rather than leaving
them for the salvager to clear up.
Note that whilst these calls are no longer interruptible, they do have
timeouts on them, so if the server stops responding the call will fail with
something like ETIME or ECONNRESET.
Without this, the following:
kAFS: Unexpected error from FS.StoreData -512
appears in dmesg when a pending store data gets interrupted and some
processes may just hang.
Additionally, make the code that checks/updates the server record ignore
failure due to interruption if the main call is uninterruptible and if the
server has an address list. The next op will check it again since the
expiration time on the old list has past.
Fixes: d2ddc776a458 ("afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation")
Reported-by: Jonathan Billings <jsbillings@jsbillings.org>
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-05-08 23:16:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (afs_begin_vnode_operation(&fc, dvnode, key, true)) {
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
while (afs_select_fileserver(&fc)) {
|
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_SERVER_FL_NO_IBULK,
|
|
|
|
&fc.cbi->server->flags)) {
|
|
|
|
fc.ac.abort_code = RX_INVALID_OPERATION;
|
|
|
|
fc.ac.error = -ECONNABORTED;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
iget_data.cb_v_break = dvnode->volume->cb_v_break;
|
|
|
|
iget_data.cb_s_break = fc.cbi->server->cb_s_break;
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_fs_inline_bulk_status(&fc,
|
|
|
|
afs_v2net(dvnode),
|
|
|
|
cookie->fids,
|
|
|
|
cookie->statuses,
|
|
|
|
cookie->nr_fids, NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (fc.ac.error == 0)
|
|
|
|
cbi = afs_get_cb_interest(fc.cbi);
|
|
|
|
if (fc.ac.abort_code == RX_INVALID_OPERATION)
|
|
|
|
set_bit(AFS_SERVER_FL_NO_IBULK, &fc.cbi->server->flags);
|
|
|
|
inode = ERR_PTR(afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(inode))
|
|
|
|
goto success;
|
|
|
|
if (fc.ac.abort_code != RX_INVALID_OPERATION)
|
|
|
|
goto out_c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
no_inline_bulk_status:
|
|
|
|
/* We could try FS.BulkStatus next, but this aborts the entire op if
|
|
|
|
* any of the lookups fails - so, for the moment, revert to
|
|
|
|
* FS.FetchStatus for just the primary fid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
inode = ERR_PTR(-ERESTARTSYS);
|
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
Make certain RPC operations non-interruptible, including:
(*) Set attributes
(*) Store data
We don't want to get interrupted during a flush on close, flush on
unlock, writeback or an inode update, leaving us in a state where we
still need to do the writeback or update.
(*) Extend lock
(*) Release lock
We don't want to get lock extension interrupted as the file locks on
the server are time-limited. Interruption during lock release is less
of an issue since the lock is time-limited, but it's better to
complete the release to avoid a several-minute wait to recover it.
*Setting* the lock isn't a problem if it's interrupted since we can
just return to the user and tell them they were interrupted - at
which point they can elect to retry.
(*) Silly unlink
We want to remove silly unlink files if we can, rather than leaving
them for the salvager to clear up.
Note that whilst these calls are no longer interruptible, they do have
timeouts on them, so if the server stops responding the call will fail with
something like ETIME or ECONNRESET.
Without this, the following:
kAFS: Unexpected error from FS.StoreData -512
appears in dmesg when a pending store data gets interrupted and some
processes may just hang.
Additionally, make the code that checks/updates the server record ignore
failure due to interruption if the main call is uninterruptible and if the
server has an address list. The next op will check it again since the
expiration time on the old list has past.
Fixes: d2ddc776a458 ("afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation")
Reported-by: Jonathan Billings <jsbillings@jsbillings.org>
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-05-08 23:16:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (afs_begin_vnode_operation(&fc, dvnode, key, true)) {
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
while (afs_select_fileserver(&fc)) {
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
iget_data.cb_v_break = dvnode->volume->cb_v_break;
|
|
|
|
iget_data.cb_s_break = fc.cbi->server->cb_s_break;
|
2019-05-09 23:17:05 +08:00
|
|
|
scb = &cookie->statuses[0];
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_fs_fetch_status(&fc,
|
|
|
|
afs_v2net(dvnode),
|
|
|
|
cookie->fids,
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
scb,
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (fc.ac.error == 0)
|
|
|
|
cbi = afs_get_cb_interest(fc.cbi);
|
|
|
|
inode = ERR_PTR(afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(inode))
|
|
|
|
goto out_c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
success:
|
|
|
|
/* Turn all the files into inodes and save the first one - which is the
|
|
|
|
* one we actually want.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-05-09 23:17:05 +08:00
|
|
|
scb = &cookie->statuses[0];
|
|
|
|
if (scb->status.abort_code != 0)
|
|
|
|
inode = ERR_PTR(afs_abort_to_error(scb->status.abort_code));
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < cookie->nr_fids; i++) {
|
2019-05-09 23:17:05 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *scb = &cookie->statuses[i];
|
2019-05-14 19:33:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!scb->have_status && !scb->have_error)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cookie->inodes[i]) {
|
afs: Fix race in commit bulk status fetch
When a lookup is done, the afs filesystem will perform a bulk status-fetch
operation on the requested vnode (file) plus the next 49 other vnodes from
the directory list (in AFS, directory contents are downloaded as blobs and
parsed locally). When the results are received, it will speculatively
populate the inode cache from the extra data.
However, if the lookup races with another lookup on the same directory, but
for a different file - one that's in the 49 extra fetches, then if the bulk
status-fetch operation finishes first, it will try and update the inode
from the other lookup.
If this other inode is still in the throes of being created, however, this
will cause an assertion failure in afs_apply_status():
BUG_ON(test_bit(AFS_VNODE_UNSET, &vnode->flags));
on or about fs/afs/inode.c:175 because it expects data to be there already
that it can compare to.
Fix this by skipping the update if the inode is being created as the
creator will presumably set up the inode with the same information.
Fixes: 39db9815da48 ("afs: Fix application of the results of a inline bulk status fetch")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2019-11-15 02:41:03 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *iv = AFS_FS_I(cookie->inodes[i]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_UNSET, &iv->flags))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, iv,
|
2019-05-14 19:33:10 +08:00
|
|
|
scb->cb_break, NULL, scb);
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 23:17:05 +08:00
|
|
|
if (scb->status.abort_code != 0)
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
iget_data.fid = cookie->fids[i];
|
|
|
|
ti = afs_iget(dir->i_sb, key, &iget_data, scb, cbi, dvnode);
|
2019-05-14 19:33:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(ti))
|
|
|
|
afs_cache_permit(AFS_FS_I(ti), key,
|
|
|
|
0 /* Assume vnode->cb_break is 0 */ +
|
|
|
|
iget_data.cb_v_break,
|
|
|
|
scb);
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (i == 0) {
|
|
|
|
inode = ti;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(ti))
|
|
|
|
iput(ti);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_c:
|
|
|
|
afs_put_cb_interest(afs_v2net(dvnode), cbi);
|
2019-05-14 19:33:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (cookie->inodes) {
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < cookie->nr_fids; i++)
|
|
|
|
iput(cookie->inodes[i]);
|
|
|
|
kfree(cookie->inodes);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
out_s:
|
2019-05-09 23:17:05 +08:00
|
|
|
kvfree(cookie->statuses);
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
kfree(cookie);
|
|
|
|
return inode;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Look up an entry in a directory with @sys substitution.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static struct dentry *afs_lookup_atsys(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry,
|
|
|
|
struct key *key)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct afs_sysnames *subs;
|
|
|
|
struct afs_net *net = afs_i2net(dir);
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *ret;
|
|
|
|
char *buf, *p, *name;
|
|
|
|
int len, i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_enter("");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
p = buf = kmalloc(AFSNAMEMAX, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!buf)
|
|
|
|
goto out_p;
|
|
|
|
if (dentry->d_name.len > 4) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy(p, dentry->d_name.name, dentry->d_name.len - 4);
|
|
|
|
p += dentry->d_name.len - 4;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* There is an ordered list of substitutes that we have to try. */
|
|
|
|
read_lock(&net->sysnames_lock);
|
|
|
|
subs = net->sysnames;
|
|
|
|
refcount_inc(&subs->usage);
|
|
|
|
read_unlock(&net->sysnames_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < subs->nr; i++) {
|
|
|
|
name = subs->subs[i];
|
|
|
|
len = dentry->d_name.len - 4 + strlen(name);
|
|
|
|
if (len >= AFSNAMEMAX) {
|
|
|
|
ret = ERR_PTR(-ENAMETOOLONG);
|
|
|
|
goto out_s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy(p, name);
|
|
|
|
ret = lookup_one_len(buf, dentry->d_parent, len);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(ret) || d_is_positive(ret))
|
|
|
|
goto out_s;
|
|
|
|
dput(ret);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We don't want to d_add() the @sys dentry here as we don't want to
|
|
|
|
* the cached dentry to hide changes to the sysnames list.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ret = NULL;
|
|
|
|
out_s:
|
|
|
|
afs_put_sysnames(subs);
|
|
|
|
kfree(buf);
|
|
|
|
out_p:
|
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* look up an entry in a directory
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
static struct dentry *afs_lookup(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry,
|
2012-06-11 05:13:09 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned int flags)
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(dir);
|
2020-01-15 00:16:25 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fid fid = {};
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
struct inode *inode;
|
2018-06-24 22:43:51 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dentry *d;
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
struct key *key;
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%llx:%llu},%p{%pd},",
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
dvnode->fid.vid, dvnode->fid.vnode, dentry, dentry);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-18 06:25:59 +08:00
|
|
|
ASSERTCMP(d_inode(dentry), ==, NULL);
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-11 13:22:20 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dentry->d_name.len >= AFSNAMEMAX) {
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = -ENAMETOOLONG");
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-ENAMETOOLONG);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &dvnode->flags)) {
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = -ESTALE");
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-ESTALE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
key = afs_request_key(dvnode->volume->cell);
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(key)) {
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = %ld [key]", PTR_ERR(key));
|
2008-02-07 16:15:26 +08:00
|
|
|
return ERR_CAST(key);
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_validate(dvnode, key);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret < 0) {
|
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d [val]", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(ret);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dentry->d_name.len >= 4 &&
|
|
|
|
dentry->d_name.name[dentry->d_name.len - 4] == '@' &&
|
|
|
|
dentry->d_name.name[dentry->d_name.len - 3] == 's' &&
|
|
|
|
dentry->d_name.name[dentry->d_name.len - 2] == 'y' &&
|
|
|
|
dentry->d_name.name[dentry->d_name.len - 1] == 's')
|
|
|
|
return afs_lookup_atsys(dir, dentry, key);
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:24 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_stat_v(dvnode, n_lookup);
|
2018-04-10 04:12:31 +08:00
|
|
|
inode = afs_do_lookup(dir, dentry, key);
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2020-01-15 00:16:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (inode == ERR_PTR(-ENOENT))
|
2018-06-24 22:43:51 +08:00
|
|
|
inode = afs_try_auto_mntpt(dentry, dir);
|
2020-01-15 00:16:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR_OR_NULL(inode))
|
|
|
|
fid = AFS_FS_I(inode)->fid;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-24 22:43:51 +08:00
|
|
|
d = d_splice_alias(inode, dentry);
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR_OR_NULL(d)) {
|
2018-06-24 22:43:51 +08:00
|
|
|
d->d_fsdata = dentry->d_fsdata;
|
2020-01-15 00:16:25 +08:00
|
|
|
trace_afs_lookup(dvnode, &d->d_name, &fid);
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2020-01-15 00:16:25 +08:00
|
|
|
trace_afs_lookup(dvnode, &dentry->d_name, &fid);
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2018-06-24 22:43:51 +08:00
|
|
|
return d;
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-20 15:48:46 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Check the validity of a dentry under RCU conditions.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int afs_d_revalidate_rcu(struct dentry *dentry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode, *vnode;
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *parent;
|
|
|
|
struct inode *dir, *inode;
|
|
|
|
long dir_version, de_version;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_enter("%p", dentry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check the parent directory is still valid first. */
|
|
|
|
parent = READ_ONCE(dentry->d_parent);
|
|
|
|
dir = d_inode_rcu(parent);
|
|
|
|
if (!dir)
|
|
|
|
return -ECHILD;
|
|
|
|
dvnode = AFS_FS_I(dir);
|
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
return -ECHILD;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!afs_check_validity(dvnode))
|
|
|
|
return -ECHILD;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We only need to invalidate a dentry if the server's copy changed
|
|
|
|
* behind our back. If we made the change, it's no problem. Note that
|
|
|
|
* on a 32-bit system, we only have 32 bits in the dentry to store the
|
|
|
|
* version.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
dir_version = (long)READ_ONCE(dvnode->status.data_version);
|
|
|
|
de_version = (long)READ_ONCE(dentry->d_fsdata);
|
|
|
|
if (de_version != dir_version) {
|
|
|
|
dir_version = (long)READ_ONCE(dvnode->invalid_before);
|
|
|
|
if (de_version - dir_version < 0)
|
|
|
|
return -ECHILD;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see if the vnode referred to by the dentry still
|
|
|
|
* has a callback.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (d_really_is_positive(dentry)) {
|
|
|
|
inode = d_inode_rcu(dentry);
|
|
|
|
if (inode) {
|
|
|
|
vnode = AFS_FS_I(inode);
|
|
|
|
if (!afs_check_validity(vnode))
|
|
|
|
return -ECHILD;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1; /* Still valid */
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* check that a dentry lookup hit has found a valid entry
|
|
|
|
* - NOTE! the hit can be a negative hit too, so we can't assume we have an
|
|
|
|
* inode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-06-11 04:03:43 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_d_revalidate(struct dentry *dentry, unsigned int flags)
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *vnode, *dir;
|
2009-07-09 17:44:30 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fid uninitialized_var(fid);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dentry *parent;
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
struct inode *inode;
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
struct key *key;
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t dir_version;
|
|
|
|
long de_version;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-11 04:03:43 +08:00
|
|
|
if (flags & LOOKUP_RCU)
|
2019-05-20 15:48:46 +08:00
|
|
|
return afs_d_revalidate_rcu(dentry);
|
2011-01-07 14:49:57 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
if (d_really_is_positive(dentry)) {
|
|
|
|
vnode = AFS_FS_I(d_inode(dentry));
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{v={%llx:%llu} n=%pd fl=%lx},",
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
vnode->fid.vid, vnode->fid.vnode, dentry,
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
vnode->flags);
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{neg n=%pd}", dentry);
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key = afs_request_key(AFS_FS_S(dentry->d_sb)->volume->cell);
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(key))
|
|
|
|
key = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
if (d_really_is_positive(dentry)) {
|
|
|
|
inode = d_inode(dentry);
|
|
|
|
if (inode) {
|
|
|
|
vnode = AFS_FS_I(inode);
|
|
|
|
afs_validate(vnode, key);
|
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &vnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
goto out_bad;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
/* lock down the parent dentry so we can peer at it */
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
parent = dget_parent(dentry);
|
2015-03-18 06:25:59 +08:00
|
|
|
dir = AFS_FS_I(d_inode(parent));
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
/* validate the parent directory */
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_validate(dir, key);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &dir->flags)) {
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("%pd: parent dir deleted", dentry);
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_bad_parent;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:24 +08:00
|
|
|
/* We only need to invalidate a dentry if the server's copy changed
|
|
|
|
* behind our back. If we made the change, it's no problem. Note that
|
|
|
|
* on a 32-bit system, we only have 32 bits in the dentry to store the
|
|
|
|
* version.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
dir_version = dir->status.data_version;
|
2018-04-06 21:17:24 +08:00
|
|
|
de_version = (long)dentry->d_fsdata;
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
if (de_version == (long)dir_version)
|
2019-07-30 21:38:51 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_valid_noupdate;
|
2018-04-06 21:17:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
dir_version = dir->invalid_before;
|
|
|
|
if (de_version - (long)dir_version >= 0)
|
2018-04-06 21:17:24 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_valid;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("dir modified");
|
2018-04-06 21:17:24 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_stat_v(dir, n_reval);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* search the directory for this vnode */
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_do_lookup_one(&dir->vfs_inode, dentry, &fid, key, &dir_version);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (ret) {
|
|
|
|
case 0:
|
|
|
|
/* the filename maps to something */
|
2015-03-18 06:25:59 +08:00
|
|
|
if (d_really_is_negative(dentry))
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_bad_parent;
|
|
|
|
inode = d_inode(dentry);
|
|
|
|
if (is_bad_inode(inode)) {
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
printk("kAFS: afs_d_revalidate: %pd2 has bad inode\n",
|
|
|
|
dentry);
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_bad_parent;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
vnode = AFS_FS_I(inode);
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
/* if the vnode ID has changed, then the dirent points to a
|
|
|
|
* different file */
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (fid.vnode != vnode->fid.vnode) {
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("%pd: dirent changed [%llu != %llu]",
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
dentry, fid.vnode,
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
vnode->fid.vnode);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
goto not_found;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* if the vnode ID uniqifier has changed, then the file has
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
* been deleted and replaced, and the original vnode ID has
|
|
|
|
* been reused */
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (fid.unique != vnode->fid.unique) {
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("%pd: file deleted (uq %u -> %u I:%u)",
|
|
|
|
dentry, fid.unique,
|
2008-01-29 12:58:27 +08:00
|
|
|
vnode->fid.unique,
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
vnode->vfs_inode.i_generation);
|
|
|
|
write_seqlock(&vnode->cb_lock);
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
set_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &vnode->flags);
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
write_sequnlock(&vnode->cb_lock);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
goto not_found;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_valid;
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
case -ENOENT:
|
|
|
|
/* the filename is unknown */
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("%pd: dirent not found", dentry);
|
2015-03-18 06:25:59 +08:00
|
|
|
if (d_really_is_positive(dentry))
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
goto not_found;
|
|
|
|
goto out_valid;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("failed to iterate dir %pd: %d",
|
|
|
|
parent, ret);
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_bad_parent;
|
2007-04-27 06:55:03 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
out_valid:
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
dentry->d_fsdata = (void *)(unsigned long)dir_version;
|
2019-07-30 21:38:51 +08:00
|
|
|
out_valid_noupdate:
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
dput(parent);
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = 1 [valid]");
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* the dirent, if it exists, now points to a different vnode */
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
not_found:
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock);
|
|
|
|
dentry->d_flags |= DCACHE_NFSFS_RENAMED;
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
out_bad_parent:
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("dropping dentry %pd2", dentry);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
dput(parent);
|
2017-11-02 23:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
out_bad:
|
2007-04-27 06:57:07 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = 0 [bad]");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* allow the VFS to enquire as to whether a dentry should be unhashed (mustn't
|
|
|
|
* sleep)
|
|
|
|
* - called from dput() when d_count is going to 0.
|
|
|
|
* - return 1 to request dentry be unhashed, 0 otherwise
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-01-07 14:49:23 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_d_delete(const struct dentry *dentry)
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("%pd", dentry);
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_NFSFS_RENAMED)
|
|
|
|
goto zap;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-18 06:25:59 +08:00
|
|
|
if (d_really_is_positive(dentry) &&
|
|
|
|
(test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &AFS_FS_I(d_inode(dentry))->flags) ||
|
|
|
|
test_bit(AFS_VNODE_PSEUDODIR, &AFS_FS_I(d_inode(dentry))->flags)))
|
2010-08-11 16:38:04 +08:00
|
|
|
goto zap;
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = 0 [keep]");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
zap:
|
2005-04-17 06:20:36 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = 1 [zap]");
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
2007-04-27 06:49:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Clean up sillyrename files on dentry removal.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void afs_d_iput(struct dentry *dentry, struct inode *inode)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_NFSFS_RENAMED)
|
|
|
|
afs_silly_iput(dentry, inode);
|
|
|
|
iput(inode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* handle dentry release
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
void afs_d_release(struct dentry *dentry)
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("%pd", dentry);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create a new inode for create/mkdir/symlink
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void afs_vnode_new_inode(struct afs_fs_cursor *fc,
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *new_dentry,
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_iget_data *new_data,
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *new_scb)
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-04-06 21:17:26 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *vnode;
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct inode *inode;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (fc->ac.error < 0)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inode = afs_iget(fc->vnode->vfs_inode.i_sb, fc->key,
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
new_data, new_scb, fc->cbi, fc->vnode);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(inode)) {
|
|
|
|
/* ENOMEM or EINTR at a really inconvenient time - just abandon
|
|
|
|
* the new directory on the server.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
fc->ac.error = PTR_ERR(inode);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:26 +08:00
|
|
|
vnode = AFS_FS_I(inode);
|
|
|
|
set_bit(AFS_VNODE_NEW_CONTENT, &vnode->flags);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (fc->ac.error == 0)
|
|
|
|
afs_cache_permit(vnode, fc->key, vnode->cb_break, new_scb);
|
2018-11-14 07:20:35 +08:00
|
|
|
d_instantiate(new_dentry, inode);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
static void afs_prep_for_new_inode(struct afs_fs_cursor *fc,
|
|
|
|
struct afs_iget_data *iget_data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
iget_data->volume = fc->vnode->volume;
|
|
|
|
iget_data->cb_v_break = fc->vnode->volume->cb_v_break;
|
|
|
|
iget_data->cb_s_break = fc->cbi->server->cb_s_break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Note that a dentry got changed. We need to set d_fsdata to the data version
|
|
|
|
* number derived from the result of the operation. It doesn't matter if
|
|
|
|
* d_fsdata goes backwards as we'll just revalidate.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void afs_update_dentry_version(struct afs_fs_cursor *fc,
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *dentry,
|
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *scb)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (fc->ac.error == 0)
|
|
|
|
dentry->d_fsdata =
|
|
|
|
(void *)(unsigned long)scb->status.data_version;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* create a directory on an AFS filesystem
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-07-26 13:41:39 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_mkdir(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode)
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_iget_data iget_data;
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *scb;
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fs_cursor fc;
|
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(dir);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct key *key;
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
mode |= S_IFDIR;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%llx:%llu},{%pd},%ho",
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
dvnode->fid.vid, dvnode->fid.vnode, dentry, mode);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
scb = kcalloc(2, sizeof(struct afs_status_cb), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!scb)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key = afs_request_key(dvnode->volume->cell);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(key)) {
|
|
|
|
ret = PTR_ERR(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error_scb;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ERESTARTSYS;
|
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
Make certain RPC operations non-interruptible, including:
(*) Set attributes
(*) Store data
We don't want to get interrupted during a flush on close, flush on
unlock, writeback or an inode update, leaving us in a state where we
still need to do the writeback or update.
(*) Extend lock
(*) Release lock
We don't want to get lock extension interrupted as the file locks on
the server are time-limited. Interruption during lock release is less
of an issue since the lock is time-limited, but it's better to
complete the release to avoid a several-minute wait to recover it.
*Setting* the lock isn't a problem if it's interrupted since we can
just return to the user and tell them they were interrupted - at
which point they can elect to retry.
(*) Silly unlink
We want to remove silly unlink files if we can, rather than leaving
them for the salvager to clear up.
Note that whilst these calls are no longer interruptible, they do have
timeouts on them, so if the server stops responding the call will fail with
something like ETIME or ECONNRESET.
Without this, the following:
kAFS: Unexpected error from FS.StoreData -512
appears in dmesg when a pending store data gets interrupted and some
processes may just hang.
Additionally, make the code that checks/updates the server record ignore
failure due to interruption if the main call is uninterruptible and if the
server has an address list. The next op will check it again since the
expiration time on the old list has past.
Fixes: d2ddc776a458 ("afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation")
Reported-by: Jonathan Billings <jsbillings@jsbillings.org>
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-05-08 23:16:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (afs_begin_vnode_operation(&fc, dvnode, key, true)) {
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t data_version = dvnode->status.data_version + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
while (afs_select_fileserver(&fc)) {
|
2018-05-13 05:31:33 +08:00
|
|
|
fc.cb_break = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(dvnode);
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_prep_for_new_inode(&fc, &iget_data);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_fs_create(&fc, dentry->d_name.name, mode,
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
&scb[0], &iget_data.fid, &scb[1]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_check_for_remote_deletion(&fc, dvnode);
|
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, dvnode, fc.cb_break,
|
|
|
|
&data_version, &scb[0]);
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_update_dentry_version(&fc, dentry, &scb[0]);
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_vnode_new_inode(&fc, dentry, &iget_data, &scb[1]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
2017-11-21 06:41:00 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags))
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_add(dvnode, &dentry->d_name, &iget_data.fid,
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_for_create);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = 0");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
error_key:
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
error_scb:
|
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
d_drop(dentry);
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Remove a subdir from a directory.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void afs_dir_remove_subdir(struct dentry *dentry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (d_really_is_positive(dentry)) {
|
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *vnode = AFS_FS_I(d_inode(dentry));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
clear_nlink(&vnode->vfs_inode);
|
|
|
|
set_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &vnode->flags);
|
|
|
|
clear_bit(AFS_VNODE_CB_PROMISED, &vnode->flags);
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
clear_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &vnode->flags);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* remove a directory from an AFS filesystem
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int afs_rmdir(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *scb;
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fs_cursor fc;
|
2018-10-20 07:57:58 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(dir), *vnode = NULL;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct key *key;
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%llx:%llu},{%pd}",
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
dvnode->fid.vid, dvnode->fid.vnode, dentry);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
scb = kzalloc(sizeof(struct afs_status_cb), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!scb)
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key = afs_request_key(dvnode->volume->cell);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(key)) {
|
|
|
|
ret = PTR_ERR(key);
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:58 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Try to make sure we have a callback promise on the victim. */
|
|
|
|
if (d_really_is_positive(dentry)) {
|
|
|
|
vnode = AFS_FS_I(d_inode(dentry));
|
|
|
|
ret = afs_validate(vnode, key);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (vnode) {
|
|
|
|
ret = down_write_killable(&vnode->rmdir_lock);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ERESTARTSYS;
|
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
Make certain RPC operations non-interruptible, including:
(*) Set attributes
(*) Store data
We don't want to get interrupted during a flush on close, flush on
unlock, writeback or an inode update, leaving us in a state where we
still need to do the writeback or update.
(*) Extend lock
(*) Release lock
We don't want to get lock extension interrupted as the file locks on
the server are time-limited. Interruption during lock release is less
of an issue since the lock is time-limited, but it's better to
complete the release to avoid a several-minute wait to recover it.
*Setting* the lock isn't a problem if it's interrupted since we can
just return to the user and tell them they were interrupted - at
which point they can elect to retry.
(*) Silly unlink
We want to remove silly unlink files if we can, rather than leaving
them for the salvager to clear up.
Note that whilst these calls are no longer interruptible, they do have
timeouts on them, so if the server stops responding the call will fail with
something like ETIME or ECONNRESET.
Without this, the following:
kAFS: Unexpected error from FS.StoreData -512
appears in dmesg when a pending store data gets interrupted and some
processes may just hang.
Additionally, make the code that checks/updates the server record ignore
failure due to interruption if the main call is uninterruptible and if the
server has an address list. The next op will check it again since the
expiration time on the old list has past.
Fixes: d2ddc776a458 ("afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation")
Reported-by: Jonathan Billings <jsbillings@jsbillings.org>
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-05-08 23:16:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (afs_begin_vnode_operation(&fc, dvnode, key, true)) {
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t data_version = dvnode->status.data_version + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
while (afs_select_fileserver(&fc)) {
|
2018-05-13 05:31:33 +08:00
|
|
|
fc.cb_break = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(dvnode);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_fs_remove(&fc, vnode, dentry->d_name.name, true, scb);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, dvnode, fc.cb_break,
|
|
|
|
&data_version, scb);
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_update_dentry_version(&fc, dentry, scb);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc);
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret == 0) {
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dir_remove_subdir(dentry);
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_remove(dvnode, &dentry->d_name,
|
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_for_rmdir);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (vnode)
|
|
|
|
up_write(&vnode->rmdir_lock);
|
2018-10-20 07:57:58 +08:00
|
|
|
error_key:
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
|
|
|
error:
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
* Remove a link to a file or symlink from a directory.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* If the file was not deleted due to excess hard links, the fileserver will
|
|
|
|
* break the callback promise on the file - if it had one - before it returns
|
|
|
|
* to us, and if it was deleted, it won't
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* However, if we didn't have a callback promise outstanding, or it was
|
|
|
|
* outstanding on a different server, then it won't break it either...
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-05-14 19:29:11 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_dir_remove_link(struct afs_vnode *dvnode, struct dentry *dentry,
|
|
|
|
struct key *key)
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int ret = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (d_really_is_positive(dentry)) {
|
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *vnode = AFS_FS_I(d_inode(dentry));
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &vnode->flags)) {
|
|
|
|
/* Already done */
|
2019-05-14 19:29:11 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags)) {
|
|
|
|
write_seqlock(&vnode->cb_lock);
|
2018-01-02 18:02:19 +08:00
|
|
|
drop_nlink(&vnode->vfs_inode);
|
|
|
|
if (vnode->vfs_inode.i_nlink == 0) {
|
|
|
|
set_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &vnode->flags);
|
2019-06-21 01:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
__afs_break_callback(vnode, afs_cb_break_for_unlink);
|
2018-01-02 18:02:19 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2019-05-14 19:29:11 +08:00
|
|
|
write_sequnlock(&vnode->cb_lock);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = 0;
|
2018-01-02 18:02:19 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2019-06-21 01:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_break_callback(vnode, afs_cb_break_for_unlink);
|
2018-01-02 18:02:19 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DELETED, &vnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
kdebug("AFS_VNODE_DELETED");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = afs_validate(vnode, key);
|
|
|
|
if (ret == -ESTALE)
|
|
|
|
ret = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
_debug("nlink %d [val %d]", vnode->vfs_inode.i_nlink, ret);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Remove a file or symlink from an AFS filesystem.
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int afs_unlink(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fs_cursor fc;
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *scb;
|
2019-06-21 01:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(dir);
|
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *vnode = AFS_FS_I(d_inode(dentry));
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct key *key;
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
bool need_rehash = false;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%llx:%llu},{%pd}",
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
dvnode->fid.vid, dvnode->fid.vnode, dentry);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-11 13:22:20 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dentry->d_name.len >= AFSNAMEMAX)
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
return -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
scb = kcalloc(2, sizeof(struct afs_status_cb), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!scb)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key = afs_request_key(dvnode->volume->cell);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(key)) {
|
|
|
|
ret = PTR_ERR(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error_scb;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Try to make sure we have a callback promise on the victim. */
|
2019-06-21 01:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_validate(vnode, key);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock);
|
2019-06-21 01:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
if (d_count(dentry) > 1) {
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock);
|
|
|
|
/* Start asynchronous writeout of the inode */
|
|
|
|
write_inode_now(d_inode(dentry), 0);
|
|
|
|
ret = afs_sillyrename(dvnode, vnode, dentry, key);
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!d_unhashed(dentry)) {
|
|
|
|
/* Prevent a race with RCU lookup. */
|
|
|
|
__d_drop(dentry);
|
|
|
|
need_rehash = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ERESTARTSYS;
|
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
Make certain RPC operations non-interruptible, including:
(*) Set attributes
(*) Store data
We don't want to get interrupted during a flush on close, flush on
unlock, writeback or an inode update, leaving us in a state where we
still need to do the writeback or update.
(*) Extend lock
(*) Release lock
We don't want to get lock extension interrupted as the file locks on
the server are time-limited. Interruption during lock release is less
of an issue since the lock is time-limited, but it's better to
complete the release to avoid a several-minute wait to recover it.
*Setting* the lock isn't a problem if it's interrupted since we can
just return to the user and tell them they were interrupted - at
which point they can elect to retry.
(*) Silly unlink
We want to remove silly unlink files if we can, rather than leaving
them for the salvager to clear up.
Note that whilst these calls are no longer interruptible, they do have
timeouts on them, so if the server stops responding the call will fail with
something like ETIME or ECONNRESET.
Without this, the following:
kAFS: Unexpected error from FS.StoreData -512
appears in dmesg when a pending store data gets interrupted and some
processes may just hang.
Additionally, make the code that checks/updates the server record ignore
failure due to interruption if the main call is uninterruptible and if the
server has an address list. The next op will check it again since the
expiration time on the old list has past.
Fixes: d2ddc776a458 ("afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation")
Reported-by: Jonathan Billings <jsbillings@jsbillings.org>
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-05-08 23:16:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (afs_begin_vnode_operation(&fc, dvnode, key, true)) {
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t data_version = dvnode->status.data_version + 1;
|
2019-05-14 19:29:11 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t data_version_2 = vnode->status.data_version;
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
while (afs_select_fileserver(&fc)) {
|
2018-05-13 05:31:33 +08:00
|
|
|
fc.cb_break = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(dvnode);
|
2019-05-14 19:29:11 +08:00
|
|
|
fc.cb_break_2 = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(vnode);
|
2018-10-20 07:57:58 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_SERVER_FL_IS_YFS, &fc.cbi->server->flags) &&
|
|
|
|
!test_bit(AFS_SERVER_FL_NO_RM2, &fc.cbi->server->flags)) {
|
|
|
|
yfs_fs_remove_file2(&fc, vnode, dentry->d_name.name,
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
&scb[0], &scb[1]);
|
2018-10-20 07:57:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (fc.ac.error != -ECONNABORTED ||
|
|
|
|
fc.ac.abort_code != RXGEN_OPCODE)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
set_bit(AFS_SERVER_FL_NO_RM2, &fc.cbi->server->flags);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_fs_remove(&fc, vnode, dentry->d_name.name, false, &scb[0]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, dvnode, fc.cb_break,
|
|
|
|
&data_version, &scb[0]);
|
2019-05-14 19:29:11 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, vnode, fc.cb_break_2,
|
|
|
|
&data_version_2, &scb[1]);
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_update_dentry_version(&fc, dentry, &scb[0]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc);
|
2019-05-14 19:29:11 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret == 0 && !(scb[1].have_status || scb[1].have_error))
|
|
|
|
ret = afs_dir_remove_link(dvnode, dentry, key);
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_remove(dvnode, &dentry->d_name,
|
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_for_unlink);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (need_rehash && ret < 0 && ret != -ENOENT)
|
|
|
|
d_rehash(dentry);
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
error_key:
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
error_scb:
|
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* create a regular file on an AFS filesystem
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-07-26 13:42:34 +08:00
|
|
|
static int afs_create(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode,
|
2012-06-11 06:05:36 +08:00
|
|
|
bool excl)
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_iget_data iget_data;
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fs_cursor fc;
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *scb;
|
2017-11-20 21:58:20 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(dir);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct key *key;
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
mode |= S_IFREG;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%llx:%llu},{%pd},%ho,",
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
dvnode->fid.vid, dvnode->fid.vnode, dentry, mode);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
if (dentry->d_name.len >= AFSNAMEMAX)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key = afs_request_key(dvnode->volume->cell);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(key)) {
|
|
|
|
ret = PTR_ERR(key);
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
scb = kcalloc(2, sizeof(struct afs_status_cb), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!scb)
|
|
|
|
goto error_scb;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ERESTARTSYS;
|
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
Make certain RPC operations non-interruptible, including:
(*) Set attributes
(*) Store data
We don't want to get interrupted during a flush on close, flush on
unlock, writeback or an inode update, leaving us in a state where we
still need to do the writeback or update.
(*) Extend lock
(*) Release lock
We don't want to get lock extension interrupted as the file locks on
the server are time-limited. Interruption during lock release is less
of an issue since the lock is time-limited, but it's better to
complete the release to avoid a several-minute wait to recover it.
*Setting* the lock isn't a problem if it's interrupted since we can
just return to the user and tell them they were interrupted - at
which point they can elect to retry.
(*) Silly unlink
We want to remove silly unlink files if we can, rather than leaving
them for the salvager to clear up.
Note that whilst these calls are no longer interruptible, they do have
timeouts on them, so if the server stops responding the call will fail with
something like ETIME or ECONNRESET.
Without this, the following:
kAFS: Unexpected error from FS.StoreData -512
appears in dmesg when a pending store data gets interrupted and some
processes may just hang.
Additionally, make the code that checks/updates the server record ignore
failure due to interruption if the main call is uninterruptible and if the
server has an address list. The next op will check it again since the
expiration time on the old list has past.
Fixes: d2ddc776a458 ("afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation")
Reported-by: Jonathan Billings <jsbillings@jsbillings.org>
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-05-08 23:16:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (afs_begin_vnode_operation(&fc, dvnode, key, true)) {
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t data_version = dvnode->status.data_version + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
while (afs_select_fileserver(&fc)) {
|
2018-05-13 05:31:33 +08:00
|
|
|
fc.cb_break = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(dvnode);
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_prep_for_new_inode(&fc, &iget_data);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_fs_create(&fc, dentry->d_name.name, mode,
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
&scb[0], &iget_data.fid, &scb[1]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_check_for_remote_deletion(&fc, dvnode);
|
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, dvnode, fc.cb_break,
|
|
|
|
&data_version, &scb[0]);
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_update_dentry_version(&fc, dentry, &scb[0]);
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_vnode_new_inode(&fc, dentry, &iget_data, &scb[1]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
2017-11-21 06:41:00 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags))
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_add(dvnode, &dentry->d_name, &iget_data.fid,
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_for_create);
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = 0");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
error_scb:
|
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
error_key:
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
d_drop(dentry);
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* create a hard link between files in an AFS filesystem
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int afs_link(struct dentry *from, struct inode *dir,
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *dentry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fs_cursor fc;
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *scb;
|
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(dir);
|
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *vnode = AFS_FS_I(d_inode(from));
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct key *key;
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%llx:%llu},{%llx:%llu},{%pd}",
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
vnode->fid.vid, vnode->fid.vnode,
|
|
|
|
dvnode->fid.vid, dvnode->fid.vnode,
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
dentry);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
if (dentry->d_name.len >= AFSNAMEMAX)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
scb = kcalloc(2, sizeof(struct afs_status_cb), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!scb)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key = afs_request_key(dvnode->volume->cell);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(key)) {
|
|
|
|
ret = PTR_ERR(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error_scb;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ERESTARTSYS;
|
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
Make certain RPC operations non-interruptible, including:
(*) Set attributes
(*) Store data
We don't want to get interrupted during a flush on close, flush on
unlock, writeback or an inode update, leaving us in a state where we
still need to do the writeback or update.
(*) Extend lock
(*) Release lock
We don't want to get lock extension interrupted as the file locks on
the server are time-limited. Interruption during lock release is less
of an issue since the lock is time-limited, but it's better to
complete the release to avoid a several-minute wait to recover it.
*Setting* the lock isn't a problem if it's interrupted since we can
just return to the user and tell them they were interrupted - at
which point they can elect to retry.
(*) Silly unlink
We want to remove silly unlink files if we can, rather than leaving
them for the salvager to clear up.
Note that whilst these calls are no longer interruptible, they do have
timeouts on them, so if the server stops responding the call will fail with
something like ETIME or ECONNRESET.
Without this, the following:
kAFS: Unexpected error from FS.StoreData -512
appears in dmesg when a pending store data gets interrupted and some
processes may just hang.
Additionally, make the code that checks/updates the server record ignore
failure due to interruption if the main call is uninterruptible and if the
server has an address list. The next op will check it again since the
expiration time on the old list has past.
Fixes: d2ddc776a458 ("afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation")
Reported-by: Jonathan Billings <jsbillings@jsbillings.org>
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-05-08 23:16:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (afs_begin_vnode_operation(&fc, dvnode, key, true)) {
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t data_version = dvnode->status.data_version + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (mutex_lock_interruptible_nested(&vnode->io_lock, 1) < 0) {
|
|
|
|
afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc);
|
2017-11-21 07:04:08 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (afs_select_fileserver(&fc)) {
|
2018-05-13 05:31:33 +08:00
|
|
|
fc.cb_break = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(dvnode);
|
|
|
|
fc.cb_break_2 = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(vnode);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_fs_link(&fc, vnode, dentry->d_name.name,
|
|
|
|
&scb[0], &scb[1]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, dvnode, fc.cb_break,
|
|
|
|
&data_version, &scb[0]);
|
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, vnode, fc.cb_break_2,
|
|
|
|
NULL, &scb[1]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ihold(&vnode->vfs_inode);
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_update_dentry_version(&fc, dentry, &scb[0]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
d_instantiate(dentry, &vnode->vfs_inode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_unlock(&vnode->io_lock);
|
|
|
|
ret = afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
2017-11-21 06:41:00 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_add(dvnode, &dentry->d_name, &vnode->fid,
|
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_for_link);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = 0");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
error_key:
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
error_scb:
|
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
d_drop(dentry);
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* create a symlink in an AFS filesystem
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int afs_symlink(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry,
|
|
|
|
const char *content)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_iget_data iget_data;
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fs_cursor fc;
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *scb;
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(dir);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct key *key;
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%llx:%llu},{%pd},%s",
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
dvnode->fid.vid, dvnode->fid.vnode, dentry,
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
content);
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
if (dentry->d_name.len >= AFSNAMEMAX)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -EINVAL;
|
2007-05-11 13:22:20 +08:00
|
|
|
if (strlen(content) >= AFSPATHMAX)
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
scb = kcalloc(2, sizeof(struct afs_status_cb), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!scb)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key = afs_request_key(dvnode->volume->cell);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(key)) {
|
|
|
|
ret = PTR_ERR(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error_scb;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ERESTARTSYS;
|
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
Make certain RPC operations non-interruptible, including:
(*) Set attributes
(*) Store data
We don't want to get interrupted during a flush on close, flush on
unlock, writeback or an inode update, leaving us in a state where we
still need to do the writeback or update.
(*) Extend lock
(*) Release lock
We don't want to get lock extension interrupted as the file locks on
the server are time-limited. Interruption during lock release is less
of an issue since the lock is time-limited, but it's better to
complete the release to avoid a several-minute wait to recover it.
*Setting* the lock isn't a problem if it's interrupted since we can
just return to the user and tell them they were interrupted - at
which point they can elect to retry.
(*) Silly unlink
We want to remove silly unlink files if we can, rather than leaving
them for the salvager to clear up.
Note that whilst these calls are no longer interruptible, they do have
timeouts on them, so if the server stops responding the call will fail with
something like ETIME or ECONNRESET.
Without this, the following:
kAFS: Unexpected error from FS.StoreData -512
appears in dmesg when a pending store data gets interrupted and some
processes may just hang.
Additionally, make the code that checks/updates the server record ignore
failure due to interruption if the main call is uninterruptible and if the
server has an address list. The next op will check it again since the
expiration time on the old list has past.
Fixes: d2ddc776a458 ("afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation")
Reported-by: Jonathan Billings <jsbillings@jsbillings.org>
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-05-08 23:16:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (afs_begin_vnode_operation(&fc, dvnode, key, true)) {
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t data_version = dvnode->status.data_version + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
while (afs_select_fileserver(&fc)) {
|
2018-05-13 05:31:33 +08:00
|
|
|
fc.cb_break = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(dvnode);
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_prep_for_new_inode(&fc, &iget_data);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_fs_symlink(&fc, dentry->d_name.name, content,
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
&scb[0], &iget_data.fid, &scb[1]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_check_for_remote_deletion(&fc, dvnode);
|
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, dvnode, fc.cb_break,
|
|
|
|
&data_version, &scb[0]);
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_update_dentry_version(&fc, dentry, &scb[0]);
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_vnode_new_inode(&fc, dentry, &iget_data, &scb[1]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
2017-11-21 06:41:00 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
goto error_key;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags))
|
2019-05-14 19:23:43 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_add(dvnode, &dentry->d_name, &iget_data.fid,
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_for_symlink);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
_leave(" = 0");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
error_key:
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
error_scb:
|
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
d_drop(dentry);
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* rename a file in an AFS filesystem and/or move it between directories
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int afs_rename(struct inode *old_dir, struct dentry *old_dentry,
|
fs: make remaining filesystems use .rename2
This is trivial to do:
- add flags argument to foo_rename()
- check if flags is zero
- assign foo_rename() to .rename2 instead of .rename
This doesn't mean it's impossible to support RENAME_NOREPLACE for these
filesystems, but it is not trivial, like for local filesystems.
RENAME_NOREPLACE must guarantee atomicity (i.e. it shouldn't be possible
for a file to be created on one host while it is overwritten by rename on
another host).
Filesystems converted:
9p, afs, ceph, coda, ecryptfs, kernfs, lustre, ncpfs, nfs, ocfs2, orangefs.
After this, we can get rid of the duplicate interfaces for rename.
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> [AFS]
Acked-by: Mike Marshall <hubcap@omnibond.com>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Cc: Jan Harkes <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu>
Cc: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Cc: Oleg Drokin <oleg.drokin@intel.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.com>
2016-09-27 17:03:58 +08:00
|
|
|
struct inode *new_dir, struct dentry *new_dentry,
|
|
|
|
unsigned int flags)
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_fs_cursor fc;
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *scb;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *orig_dvnode, *new_dvnode, *vnode;
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dentry *tmp = NULL, *rehash = NULL;
|
|
|
|
struct inode *new_inode;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct key *key;
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
bool new_negative = d_is_negative(new_dentry);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
fs: make remaining filesystems use .rename2
This is trivial to do:
- add flags argument to foo_rename()
- check if flags is zero
- assign foo_rename() to .rename2 instead of .rename
This doesn't mean it's impossible to support RENAME_NOREPLACE for these
filesystems, but it is not trivial, like for local filesystems.
RENAME_NOREPLACE must guarantee atomicity (i.e. it shouldn't be possible
for a file to be created on one host while it is overwritten by rename on
another host).
Filesystems converted:
9p, afs, ceph, coda, ecryptfs, kernfs, lustre, ncpfs, nfs, ocfs2, orangefs.
After this, we can get rid of the duplicate interfaces for rename.
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> [AFS]
Acked-by: Mike Marshall <hubcap@omnibond.com>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Cc: Jan Harkes <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu>
Cc: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Cc: Oleg Drokin <oleg.drokin@intel.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.com>
2016-09-27 17:03:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (flags)
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Don't allow silly-rename files be moved around. */
|
|
|
|
if (old_dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_NFSFS_RENAMED)
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-18 06:25:59 +08:00
|
|
|
vnode = AFS_FS_I(d_inode(old_dentry));
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
orig_dvnode = AFS_FS_I(old_dir);
|
|
|
|
new_dvnode = AFS_FS_I(new_dir);
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{%llx:%llu},{%llx:%llu},{%llx:%llu},{%pd}",
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
orig_dvnode->fid.vid, orig_dvnode->fid.vnode,
|
|
|
|
vnode->fid.vid, vnode->fid.vnode,
|
|
|
|
new_dvnode->fid.vid, new_dvnode->fid.vnode,
|
2014-10-22 08:11:25 +08:00
|
|
|
new_dentry);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
scb = kcalloc(2, sizeof(struct afs_status_cb), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!scb)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key = afs_request_key(orig_dvnode->volume->cell);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(key)) {
|
|
|
|
ret = PTR_ERR(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error_scb;
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
/* For non-directories, check whether the target is busy and if so,
|
|
|
|
* make a copy of the dentry and then do a silly-rename. If the
|
|
|
|
* silly-rename succeeds, the copied dentry is hashed and becomes the
|
|
|
|
* new target.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (d_is_positive(new_dentry) && !d_is_dir(new_dentry)) {
|
|
|
|
/* To prevent any new references to the target during the
|
|
|
|
* rename, we unhash the dentry in advance.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (!d_unhashed(new_dentry)) {
|
|
|
|
d_drop(new_dentry);
|
|
|
|
rehash = new_dentry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (d_count(new_dentry) > 2) {
|
|
|
|
/* copy the target dentry's name */
|
|
|
|
ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
tmp = d_alloc(new_dentry->d_parent,
|
|
|
|
&new_dentry->d_name);
|
|
|
|
if (!tmp)
|
|
|
|
goto error_rehash;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = afs_sillyrename(new_dvnode,
|
|
|
|
AFS_FS_I(d_inode(new_dentry)),
|
|
|
|
new_dentry, key);
|
|
|
|
if (ret)
|
|
|
|
goto error_rehash;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new_dentry = tmp;
|
|
|
|
rehash = NULL;
|
|
|
|
new_negative = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
/* This bit is potentially nasty as there's a potential race with
|
|
|
|
* afs_d_revalidate{,_rcu}(). We have to change d_fsdata on the dentry
|
|
|
|
* to reflect it's new parent's new data_version after the op, but
|
|
|
|
* d_revalidate may see old_dentry between the op having taken place
|
|
|
|
* and the version being updated.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* So drop the old_dentry for now to make other threads go through
|
|
|
|
* lookup instead - which we hold a lock against.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
d_drop(old_dentry);
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = -ERESTARTSYS;
|
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
Make certain RPC operations non-interruptible, including:
(*) Set attributes
(*) Store data
We don't want to get interrupted during a flush on close, flush on
unlock, writeback or an inode update, leaving us in a state where we
still need to do the writeback or update.
(*) Extend lock
(*) Release lock
We don't want to get lock extension interrupted as the file locks on
the server are time-limited. Interruption during lock release is less
of an issue since the lock is time-limited, but it's better to
complete the release to avoid a several-minute wait to recover it.
*Setting* the lock isn't a problem if it's interrupted since we can
just return to the user and tell them they were interrupted - at
which point they can elect to retry.
(*) Silly unlink
We want to remove silly unlink files if we can, rather than leaving
them for the salvager to clear up.
Note that whilst these calls are no longer interruptible, they do have
timeouts on them, so if the server stops responding the call will fail with
something like ETIME or ECONNRESET.
Without this, the following:
kAFS: Unexpected error from FS.StoreData -512
appears in dmesg when a pending store data gets interrupted and some
processes may just hang.
Additionally, make the code that checks/updates the server record ignore
failure due to interruption if the main call is uninterruptible and if the
server has an address list. The next op will check it again since the
expiration time on the old list has past.
Fixes: d2ddc776a458 ("afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation")
Reported-by: Jonathan Billings <jsbillings@jsbillings.org>
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-05-08 23:16:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (afs_begin_vnode_operation(&fc, orig_dvnode, key, true)) {
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t orig_data_version;
|
|
|
|
afs_dataversion_t new_data_version;
|
|
|
|
struct afs_status_cb *new_scb = &scb[1];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
orig_data_version = orig_dvnode->status.data_version + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (orig_dvnode != new_dvnode) {
|
|
|
|
if (mutex_lock_interruptible_nested(&new_dvnode->io_lock, 1) < 0) {
|
|
|
|
afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc);
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error_rehash_old;
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2019-07-30 21:38:51 +08:00
|
|
|
new_data_version = new_dvnode->status.data_version + 1;
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
new_data_version = orig_data_version;
|
|
|
|
new_scb = &scb[0];
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
while (afs_select_fileserver(&fc)) {
|
2018-05-13 05:31:33 +08:00
|
|
|
fc.cb_break = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(orig_dvnode);
|
|
|
|
fc.cb_break_2 = afs_calc_vnode_cb_break(new_dvnode);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_fs_rename(&fc, old_dentry->d_name.name,
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
new_dvnode, new_dentry->d_name.name,
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
&scb[0], new_scb);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, orig_dvnode, fc.cb_break,
|
|
|
|
&orig_data_version, &scb[0]);
|
|
|
|
if (new_dvnode != orig_dvnode) {
|
|
|
|
afs_vnode_commit_status(&fc, new_dvnode, fc.cb_break_2,
|
|
|
|
&new_data_version, &scb[1]);
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
mutex_unlock(&new_dvnode->io_lock);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = afs_end_vnode_operation(&fc);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
goto error_rehash_old;
|
afs: Overhaul volume and server record caching and fileserver rotation
The current code assumes that volumes and servers are per-cell and are
never shared, but this is not enforced, and, indeed, public cells do exist
that are aliases of each other. Further, an organisation can, say, set up
a public cell and a private cell with overlapping, but not identical, sets
of servers. The difference is purely in the database attached to the VL
servers.
The current code will malfunction if it sees a server in two cells as it
assumes global address -> server record mappings and that each server is in
just one cell.
Further, each server may have multiple addresses - and may have addresses
of different families (IPv4 and IPv6, say).
To this end, the following structural changes are made:
(1) Server record management is overhauled:
(a) Server records are made independent of cell. The namespace keeps
track of them, volume records have lists of them and each vnode
has a server on which its callback interest currently resides.
(b) The cell record no longer keeps a list of servers known to be in
that cell.
(c) The server records are now kept in a flat list because there's no
single address to sort on.
(d) Server records are now keyed by their UUID within the namespace.
(e) The addresses for a server are obtained with the VL.GetAddrsU
rather than with VL.GetEntryByName, using the server's UUID as a
parameter.
(f) Cached server records are garbage collected after a period of
non-use and are counted out of existence before purging is allowed
to complete. This protects the work functions against rmmod.
(g) The servers list is now in /proc/fs/afs/servers.
(2) Volume record management is overhauled:
(a) An RCU-replaceable server list is introduced. This tracks both
servers and their coresponding callback interests.
(b) The superblock is now keyed on cell record and numeric volume ID.
(c) The volume record is now tied to the superblock which mounts it,
and is activated when mounted and deactivated when unmounted.
This makes it easier to handle the cache cookie without causing a
double-use in fscache.
(d) The volume record is loaded from the VLDB using VL.GetEntryByNameU
to get the server UUID list.
(e) The volume name is updated if it is seen to have changed when the
volume is updated (the update is keyed on the volume ID).
(3) The vlocation record is got rid of and VLDB records are no longer
cached. Sufficient information is stored in the volume record, though
an update to a volume record is now no longer shared between related
volumes (volumes come in bundles of three: R/W, R/O and backup).
and the following procedural changes are made:
(1) The fileserver cursor introduced previously is now fleshed out and
used to iterate over fileservers and their addresses.
(2) Volume status is checked during iteration, and the server list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(3) Server status is checked during iteration, and the address list is
replaced if a change is detected.
(4) The abort code is saved into the address list cursor and -ECONNABORTED
returned in afs_make_call() if a remote abort happened rather than
translating the abort into an error message. This allows actions to
be taken depending on the abort code more easily.
(a) If a VMOVED abort is seen then this is handled by rechecking the
volume and restarting the iteration.
(b) If a VBUSY, VRESTARTING or VSALVAGING abort is seen then this is
handled by sleeping for a short period and retrying and/or trying
other servers that might serve that volume. A message is also
displayed once until the condition has cleared.
(c) If a VOFFLINE abort is seen, then this is handled as VBUSY for the
moment.
(d) If a VNOVOL abort is seen, the volume is rechecked in the VLDB to
see if it has been deleted; if not, the fileserver is probably
indicating that the volume couldn't be attached and needs
salvaging.
(e) If statfs() sees one of these aborts, it does not sleep, but
rather returns an error, so as not to block the umount program.
(5) The fileserver iteration functions in vnode.c are now merged into
their callers and more heavily macroised around the cursor. vnode.c
is removed.
(6) Operations on a particular vnode are serialised on that vnode because
the server will lock that vnode whilst it operates on it, so a second
op sent will just have to wait.
(7) Fileservers are probed with FS.GetCapabilities before being used.
This is where service upgrade will be done.
(8) A callback interest on a fileserver is set up before an FS operation
is performed and passed through to afs_make_call() so that it can be
set on the vnode if the operation returns a callback. The callback
interest is passed through to afs_iget() also so that it can be set
there too.
In general, record updating is done on an as-needed basis when we try to
access servers, volumes or vnodes rather than offloading it to work items
and special threads.
Notes:
(1) Pre AFS-3.4 servers are no longer supported, though this can be added
back if necessary (AFS-3.4 was released in 1998).
(2) VBUSY is retried forever for the moment at intervals of 1s.
(3) /proc/fs/afs/<cell>/servers no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2017-11-02 23:27:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret == 0) {
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (rehash)
|
|
|
|
d_rehash(rehash);
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &orig_dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_remove(orig_dvnode, &old_dentry->d_name,
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_for_rename_0);
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!new_negative &&
|
|
|
|
test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &new_dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_remove(new_dvnode, &new_dentry->d_name,
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_for_rename_1);
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (test_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &new_dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
afs_edit_dir_add(new_dvnode, &new_dentry->d_name,
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
&vnode->fid, afs_edit_dir_for_rename_2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new_inode = d_inode(new_dentry);
|
|
|
|
if (new_inode) {
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&new_inode->i_lock);
|
|
|
|
if (new_inode->i_nlink > 0)
|
|
|
|
drop_nlink(new_inode);
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&new_inode->i_lock);
|
|
|
|
}
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now we can update d_fsdata on the dentries to reflect their
|
|
|
|
* new parent's data_version.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note that if we ever implement RENAME_EXCHANGE, we'll have
|
|
|
|
* to update both dentries with opposing dir versions.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (new_dvnode != orig_dvnode) {
|
|
|
|
afs_update_dentry_version(&fc, old_dentry, &scb[1]);
|
|
|
|
afs_update_dentry_version(&fc, new_dentry, &scb[1]);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
afs_update_dentry_version(&fc, old_dentry, &scb[0]);
|
|
|
|
afs_update_dentry_version(&fc, new_dentry, &scb[0]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
d_move(old_dentry, new_dentry);
|
|
|
|
goto error_tmp;
|
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
afs: Fix missing dentry data version updating
In the in-kernel afs filesystem, the d_fsdata dentry field is used to hold
the data version of the parent directory when it was created or when
d_revalidate() last caused it to be updated. This is compared to the
->invalid_before field in the directory inode, rather than the actual data
version number, thereby allowing changes due to local edits to be ignored.
Only if the server data version gets bumped unexpectedly (eg. by a
competing client), do we need to revalidate stuff.
However, the d_fsdata field should also be updated if an rpc op is
performed that modifies that particular dentry. Such ops return the
revised data version of the directory(ies) involved, so we should use that.
This is particularly problematic for rename, since a dentry from one
directory may be moved directly into another directory (ie. mv a/x b/x).
It would then be sporting the wrong data version - and if this is in the
future, for the destination directory, revalidations would be missed,
leading to foreign renames and hard-link deletion being missed.
Fix this by the following means:
(1) Return the data version number from operations that read the directory
contents - if they issue the read. This starts in afs_dir_iterate()
and is used, ignored or passed back by its callers.
(2) In afs_lookup*(), set the dentry version to the version returned by
(1) before d_splice_alias() is called and the dentry published.
(3) In afs_d_revalidate(), set the dentry version to that returned from
(1) if an rpc call was issued. This means that if a parallel
procedure, such as mkdir(), modifies the directory, we won't
accidentally use the data version from that.
(4) In afs_{mkdir,create,link,symlink}(), set the new dentry's version to
the directory data version before d_instantiate() is called.
(5) In afs_{rmdir,unlink}, update the target dentry's version to the
directory data version as soon as we've updated the directory inode.
(6) In afs_rename(), we need to unhash the old dentry before we start so
that we don't get afs_d_revalidate() reverting the version change in
cross-directory renames.
We then need to set both the old and the new dentry versions the data
version of the new directory before we call d_move() as d_move() will
rehash them.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3f4 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2019-07-30 21:38:52 +08:00
|
|
|
error_rehash_old:
|
|
|
|
d_rehash(new_dentry);
|
2019-04-25 21:26:51 +08:00
|
|
|
error_rehash:
|
|
|
|
if (rehash)
|
|
|
|
d_rehash(rehash);
|
|
|
|
error_tmp:
|
|
|
|
if (tmp)
|
|
|
|
dput(tmp);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
key_put(key);
|
2019-05-09 22:16:10 +08:00
|
|
|
error_scb:
|
|
|
|
kfree(scb);
|
2007-04-27 06:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
_leave(" = %d", ret);
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Release a directory page and clean up its private state if it's not busy
|
|
|
|
* - return true if the page can now be released, false if not
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int afs_dir_releasepage(struct page *page, gfp_t gfp_flags)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(page->mapping->host);
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-20 07:57:57 +08:00
|
|
|
_enter("{{%llx:%llu}[%lu]}", dvnode->fid.vid, dvnode->fid.vnode, page->index);
|
afs: Fix directory handling
AFS directories are structured blobs that are downloaded just like files
and then parsed by the lookup and readdir code and, as such, are currently
handled in the pagecache like any other file, with the entire directory
content being thrown away each time the directory changes.
However, since the blob is a known structure and since the data version
counter on a directory increases by exactly one for each change committed
to that directory, we can actually edit the directory locally rather than
fetching it from the server after each locally-induced change.
What we can't do, though, is mix data from the server and data from the
client since the server is technically at liberty to rearrange or compress
a directory if it sees fit, provided it updates the data version number
when it does so and breaks the callback (ie. sends a notification).
Further, lookup with lookup-ahead, readdir and, when it arrives, local
editing are likely want to scan the whole of a directory.
So directory handling needs to be improved to maintain the coherency of the
directory blob prior to permitting local directory editing.
To this end:
(1) If any directory page gets discarded, invalidate and reread the entire
directory.
(2) If readpage notes that if when it fetches a single page that the
version number has changed, the entire directory is flagged for
invalidation.
(3) Read as much of the directory in one go as we can.
Note that this removes local caching of directories in fscache for the
moment as we can't pass the pages to fscache_read_or_alloc_pages() since
page->lru is in use by the LRU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2018-04-06 21:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set_page_private(page, 0);
|
|
|
|
ClearPagePrivate(page);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The directory will need reloading. */
|
|
|
|
if (test_and_clear_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
afs_stat_v(dvnode, n_relpg);
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* invalidate part or all of a page
|
|
|
|
* - release a page and clean up its private data if offset is 0 (indicating
|
|
|
|
* the entire page)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void afs_dir_invalidatepage(struct page *page, unsigned int offset,
|
|
|
|
unsigned int length)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct afs_vnode *dvnode = AFS_FS_I(page->mapping->host);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_enter("{%lu},%u,%u", page->index, offset, length);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BUG_ON(!PageLocked(page));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The directory will need reloading. */
|
|
|
|
if (test_and_clear_bit(AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID, &dvnode->flags))
|
|
|
|
afs_stat_v(dvnode, n_inval);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* we clean up only if the entire page is being invalidated */
|
|
|
|
if (offset == 0 && length == PAGE_SIZE) {
|
|
|
|
set_page_private(page, 0);
|
|
|
|
ClearPagePrivate(page);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|